1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
163 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
164 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
165 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
168 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
169 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
170 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
172 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
173 Information instructions. The register number, offset
174 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
175 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
177 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
179 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
185 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
187 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
188 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
189 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
190 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
196 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
197 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
198 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
200 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
206 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
207 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
208 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
209 of this structure. */
210 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
213 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
215 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
218 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
219 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
220 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
221 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
222 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
224 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
227 const char *dw_fde_begin;
228 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
229 const char *dw_fde_end;
230 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
232 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
234 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
235 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
236 unsigned funcdef_number;
237 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
238 unsigned nothrow : 1;
239 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
243 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
244 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
246 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
247 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
248 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
249 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
251 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
252 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
255 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
256 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
257 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
260 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
261 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
264 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
265 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
266 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
269 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
270 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
272 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
273 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
276 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
278 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
279 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
280 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
282 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
283 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
284 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
285 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
287 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
291 /* CIE identifier. */
292 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
293 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
294 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
296 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
299 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
300 information for each routine. */
301 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
303 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
304 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
306 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
307 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
309 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
311 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
313 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
314 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
316 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
317 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
318 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
319 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
320 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
321 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
324 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
327 unsigned int refcount;
332 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
334 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
335 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
337 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
341 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
342 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
343 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
344 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
345 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
346 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
347 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
348 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
349 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
350 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
351 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
352 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
353 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
354 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
355 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
356 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
358 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
359 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
360 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
361 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
362 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
363 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
364 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
366 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
367 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
368 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
371 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
372 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
373 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
375 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
376 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
379 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
380 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
383 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
384 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
387 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
390 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
391 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
392 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
393 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
394 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
395 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
397 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
399 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
401 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
402 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
406 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
408 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
412 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
413 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
414 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
415 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
418 /* Hook used by __throw. */
421 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
423 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
424 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
427 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
428 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
431 stripattributes (const char *s)
433 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
438 while (*s && *s != ',')
445 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
448 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
451 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
452 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
453 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
454 bool wrote_return_column = false;
456 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
458 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
460 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
462 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
463 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
466 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
467 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
468 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
470 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
472 wrote_return_column = true;
474 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
478 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
479 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
483 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
484 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
485 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
486 wrote_return_column = false;
488 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
491 if (! wrote_return_column)
493 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
494 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
495 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
500 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
503 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
507 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
508 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
510 return "DW_CFA_offset";
512 return "DW_CFA_restore";
516 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
517 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
518 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
519 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
520 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
522 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
523 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
524 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
525 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
526 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
527 case DW_CFA_undefined:
528 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
529 case DW_CFA_same_value:
530 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
531 case DW_CFA_register:
532 return "DW_CFA_register";
533 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
534 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
535 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
536 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
538 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
539 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
540 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
542 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
547 case DW_CFA_expression:
548 return "DW_CFA_expression";
549 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
550 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
554 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
556 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
557 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
558 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
561 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
562 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
563 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
564 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
565 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
566 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
569 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
573 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
575 static inline dw_cfi_ref
578 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
580 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
581 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
582 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
587 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
590 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
594 /* Find the end of the chain. */
595 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
601 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
604 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
606 static char label[20];
608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
613 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
614 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
617 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
621 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
624 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
626 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
627 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
631 label = xstrdup (label);
633 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
635 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
636 set the location directly using set_loc. */
637 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
638 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
640 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
641 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
643 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
646 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
650 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
653 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
656 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
658 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
661 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
665 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
667 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
668 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
671 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
672 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
675 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
677 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
679 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
680 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
687 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
690 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
694 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
697 loc->base_offset = 0;
699 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
700 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
702 if (fde_table_in_use)
704 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
705 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
706 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
710 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
711 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
713 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
715 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
717 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
718 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
720 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
721 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
723 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
724 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
725 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
728 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
735 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
738 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
741 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
743 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
744 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
745 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
746 && (loc1->indirect == 0
747 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
750 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
751 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
754 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
757 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
762 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
763 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
765 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
766 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
768 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
769 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
774 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
776 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
777 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
780 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
781 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
783 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
784 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
793 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
794 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
795 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
798 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
799 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
800 offset has not changed. */
801 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
802 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
806 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
808 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
809 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
810 the specified offset. */
813 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
814 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
816 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
818 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
822 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
823 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
824 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
829 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
830 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
831 register-offset pair is available. */
832 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
834 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
835 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
836 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
839 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
842 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
843 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
844 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
845 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
848 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
850 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
852 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
854 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
857 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
859 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
861 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
863 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
865 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
866 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
867 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
869 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
871 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
874 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
876 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
878 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
880 else if (sreg == reg)
881 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
884 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
885 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
888 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
891 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
892 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
893 from the previous frame's window save area.
895 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
896 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
899 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
901 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
903 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
904 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
907 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
908 pushed onto the stack. */
911 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
915 if (size == old_args_size)
918 old_args_size = size;
921 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
922 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
923 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
926 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
927 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
930 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
932 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
935 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
936 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
939 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
941 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
944 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
945 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
948 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
950 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
953 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
954 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
957 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
959 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
960 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
962 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
965 /* RA is in a register. */
966 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
970 /* RA is on the stack. */
972 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
975 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
980 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
981 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
985 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
986 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
996 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
997 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
998 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
999 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1000 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1007 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1008 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1011 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1014 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1015 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1017 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1018 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1019 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1022 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1024 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1025 code = GET_CODE (src);
1026 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1027 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1028 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1031 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1035 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1037 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1038 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1039 code = GET_CODE (src);
1045 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1047 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1048 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1049 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1050 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1051 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1058 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1060 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1067 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1069 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1084 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1085 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1086 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1089 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1091 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1095 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1096 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1097 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1098 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1099 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1102 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1103 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1104 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1106 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1108 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1109 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1110 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1111 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1112 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1113 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1114 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1115 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1120 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1122 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1123 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1126 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1128 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1129 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1130 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1131 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1132 offset = -args_size;
1137 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1138 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1139 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1140 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1142 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1144 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1145 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1146 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1154 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1155 cfa.offset += offset;
1157 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1161 args_size += offset;
1165 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1166 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1167 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1168 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1173 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1174 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1175 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1177 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1179 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1181 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1185 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1187 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1188 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1193 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1194 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1195 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1196 more efficient data structure. */
1197 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1198 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1200 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1201 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1203 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1204 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1207 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1209 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1211 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1212 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1214 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1215 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1220 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1221 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1222 queued_reg_saves = q;
1226 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1227 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1229 last_reg_save_label = label;
1232 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1235 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1237 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1239 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1242 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1244 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1245 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1247 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1249 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1250 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1252 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1254 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1255 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1258 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1260 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1262 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1263 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1266 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1267 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1270 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1271 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1272 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1273 have a new location for? */
1276 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1278 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1280 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1283 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1285 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1286 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1287 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1294 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1297 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1300 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1302 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1303 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1305 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1307 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1308 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1310 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1311 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1313 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1314 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1315 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1318 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1321 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1323 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1325 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1327 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1328 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1331 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1332 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1333 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1334 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1340 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1341 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1342 value, not an offset. */
1343 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1345 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1346 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1347 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1348 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1350 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1351 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1352 users need not read the source code.
1354 The High-Level Picture
1356 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1357 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1358 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1359 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1360 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1362 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1363 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1364 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1365 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1366 saves. This also seems to work.
1368 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1369 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1370 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1371 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1372 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1373 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1374 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1375 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1376 value as in the caller.
1378 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1379 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1380 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1381 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1383 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1386 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1388 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1389 consists of a register and an offset.
1390 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1391 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1392 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1393 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1394 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1395 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1396 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1398 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1399 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1400 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1403 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1404 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1405 and cfa_temp.offset.
1407 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1410 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1411 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1412 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1416 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1417 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1420 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1421 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1422 cfa.offset unchanged
1423 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1424 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1427 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1428 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1429 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1430 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1431 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1432 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1435 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1436 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1437 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1440 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1441 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1443 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1444 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1445 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1448 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1449 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1451 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1452 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1455 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1456 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1457 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1460 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1462 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1465 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1469 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1470 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1471 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1474 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1475 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1476 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1478 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1481 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1482 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1483 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1485 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1488 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1491 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1492 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1495 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1496 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1497 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1500 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1501 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1502 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1503 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1506 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1507 effects: target-dependent */
1510 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1513 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1515 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1516 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1517 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1518 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1519 flag is set in them. */
1520 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1523 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1525 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1526 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1527 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1529 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1534 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1536 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1537 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1541 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1546 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1549 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1551 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1553 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1556 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1557 relative to the current CFA register.
1559 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1560 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1561 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1562 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1563 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1564 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1565 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1569 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1570 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1571 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1572 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1573 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1574 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1581 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1585 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1588 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1591 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1593 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1599 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1601 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1602 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1603 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1605 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1606 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1609 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1611 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1613 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1614 cfa.offset += offset;
1615 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1616 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1618 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1621 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1622 or adjusting the FP */
1623 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1625 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1626 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1627 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1628 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1629 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1631 cfa.offset += offset;
1632 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1636 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1639 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1640 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1641 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1643 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1644 into the FP later on. */
1645 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1646 cfa.offset += offset;
1647 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1648 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1649 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1650 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1654 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1655 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1656 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1658 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1659 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1660 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1661 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1662 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1666 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1667 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1669 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1670 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1679 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1680 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1685 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1686 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1687 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1689 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1690 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1691 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1694 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1695 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1702 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1703 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1704 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1711 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1715 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1717 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1719 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1724 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1725 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1727 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1729 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1730 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1732 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1733 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1734 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1736 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1742 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1743 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1746 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1747 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1749 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1750 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1751 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1753 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1757 /* With an offset. */
1764 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1765 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1766 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1767 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1770 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1772 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1773 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1776 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1777 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1783 /* Without an offset. */
1786 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1788 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1789 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1792 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1793 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1800 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1801 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1802 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1803 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1810 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1811 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1812 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1814 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1816 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1818 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1819 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1821 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1822 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1827 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1828 calculate the CFA. */
1829 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1833 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1836 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1838 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1844 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1852 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1853 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1854 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1856 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1857 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1860 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1865 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1869 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1870 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1872 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1875 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1877 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1880 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1882 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1884 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1885 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1887 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1891 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1892 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1894 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1896 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1897 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1901 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1902 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1904 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1906 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1908 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1913 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1914 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1915 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1917 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1918 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1923 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1926 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1927 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1928 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1929 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1930 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1931 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1934 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1935 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1936 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1937 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1938 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1939 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1940 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1942 case DW_CFA_register:
1943 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1946 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1947 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1948 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1950 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1951 case DW_CFA_expression:
1952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1959 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1960 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1961 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1963 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1964 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1968 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1969 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1971 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1972 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1973 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1975 case DW_CFA_register:
1976 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1979 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1983 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1985 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1986 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1990 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1994 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1995 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
1999 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2005 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2007 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2009 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2011 flags = ((! flag_pic
2012 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2013 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2014 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2015 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2016 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2017 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2018 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2021 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2022 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2026 if (eh_frame_section)
2027 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2030 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2031 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2032 switch_to_section (data_section);
2033 label = get_file_function_name ('F');
2034 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2035 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2036 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2037 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2041 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2044 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2047 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2049 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2050 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2051 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2052 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2054 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2056 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2059 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2061 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2063 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2068 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2070 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2072 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2074 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2075 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2076 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2081 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2084 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2085 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2086 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2087 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2090 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2092 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2093 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2096 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2097 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2098 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2099 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2102 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2104 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2105 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2108 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2109 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2110 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2116 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2117 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2122 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2123 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2124 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2125 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2126 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2127 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2130 case DW_CFA_register:
2131 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2132 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2133 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2134 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2138 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2142 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2146 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2150 case DW_CFA_expression:
2151 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2154 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2155 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2164 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2165 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2166 location of saved registers. */
2169 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2174 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2175 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2176 char augmentation[6];
2177 int augmentation_size;
2178 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2179 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2180 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2183 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2184 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2187 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2188 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2189 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2190 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2191 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2192 specialization doesn't. */
2193 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2194 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2196 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2197 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2198 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2199 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2200 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2201 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2203 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2204 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2205 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2206 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2209 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2211 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2212 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2213 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2214 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2215 any_eh_needed = true;
2216 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2217 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2218 any_eh_needed = true;
2220 if (! any_eh_needed)
2224 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2229 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2232 if (!debug_frame_section)
2233 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2234 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2235 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2238 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2241 /* Output the CIE. */
2242 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2243 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2244 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2245 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2246 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2247 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2248 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2249 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2251 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2252 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2253 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2254 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2255 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2257 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2259 augmentation[0] = 0;
2260 augmentation_size = 0;
2266 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2267 augmentation section.
2268 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2269 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2270 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2272 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2273 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2275 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2276 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2277 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2279 p = augmentation + 1;
2280 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2283 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2285 if (any_lsda_needed)
2288 augmentation_size += 1;
2290 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2293 augmentation_size += 1;
2295 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2297 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2301 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2302 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2304 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2306 + 1 /* CIE version */
2307 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2308 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2309 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2311 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2312 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2313 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2315 augmentation_size += pad;
2317 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2318 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2319 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2323 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2324 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2325 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2326 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2328 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2329 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2332 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2334 if (augmentation[0])
2336 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2337 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2339 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2340 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2341 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2342 eh_personality_libfunc,
2346 if (any_lsda_needed)
2347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2348 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2350 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2352 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2355 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2356 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2358 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2359 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2360 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2361 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2363 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2364 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2366 fde = &fde_table[i];
2368 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2369 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2370 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2371 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2372 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2375 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2376 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2377 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2378 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2379 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2380 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2381 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2382 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2387 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2389 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2390 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2394 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2395 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2396 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2399 "FDE initial location");
2400 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2402 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2403 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2404 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2405 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2406 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2407 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2408 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2409 "FDE initial location");
2410 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2411 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2412 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2413 "FDE address range");
2414 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2415 "FDE initial location");
2416 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2417 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2418 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2419 "FDE address range");
2422 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2423 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2424 "FDE address range");
2428 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2429 "FDE initial location");
2430 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2432 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2433 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2434 "FDE initial location");
2435 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2436 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2437 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2438 "FDE address range");
2439 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2440 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2441 "FDE initial location");
2442 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2443 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2444 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2445 "FDE address range");
2448 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2449 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2450 "FDE address range");
2453 if (augmentation[0])
2455 if (any_lsda_needed)
2457 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2459 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2461 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2462 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2463 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2464 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2465 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2468 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2471 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2473 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2475 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2476 fde->funcdef_number);
2477 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2478 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2479 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2483 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2484 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2486 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2487 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2494 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2496 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2497 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2498 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2500 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2501 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2502 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2503 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2506 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2507 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2508 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2509 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2510 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2511 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2514 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2519 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2523 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2524 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2526 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2530 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2532 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2533 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2534 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2536 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2537 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2540 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2544 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2545 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2546 current_function_funcdef_no);
2547 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2548 current_function_funcdef_no);
2549 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2550 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2552 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2553 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2554 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2558 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2559 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2561 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2562 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2563 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2564 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2565 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2568 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2569 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2571 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2572 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2573 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2574 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2575 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2576 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2577 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2578 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2579 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2580 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2581 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2582 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2583 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2584 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2585 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2586 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2588 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2590 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2591 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2592 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2594 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2598 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2599 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2603 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2604 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2607 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2609 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2612 current_function_funcdef_no);
2613 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2614 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2615 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2619 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2621 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2622 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2623 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2624 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2626 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2627 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2629 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2630 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2632 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2633 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2634 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2639 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2641 /* Output call frame information. */
2642 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2643 output_call_frame_info (0);
2645 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2646 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2647 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2648 output_call_frame_info (1);
2653 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2654 for emitting location expressions. */
2656 /* Data about a single source file. */
2657 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2659 const char * filename;
2663 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2664 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2665 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2668 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2669 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2670 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2671 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2673 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2674 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2675 implementation are listed below. */
2680 dw_val_class_offset,
2682 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2683 dw_val_class_range_list,
2685 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2686 dw_val_class_long_long,
2689 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2690 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2691 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2692 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2694 dw_val_class_macptr,
2698 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2699 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2701 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2708 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2710 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2712 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2718 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2719 represented internally. */
2721 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2723 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2724 union dw_val_struct_union
2726 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2727 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2728 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2729 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2730 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2731 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2732 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2733 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2734 struct dw_val_die_union
2738 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2739 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2740 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2741 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2742 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2743 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2745 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2749 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2752 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2754 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2755 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2756 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2757 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2762 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2763 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2764 their entire life. */
2765 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2767 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2768 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2769 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2770 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2771 Only on head of list */
2772 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2773 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2776 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2778 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2779 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2781 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2782 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2783 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2784 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2785 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2787 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2790 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2795 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2796 return "DW_OP_addr";
2798 return "DW_OP_deref";
2800 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2802 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2804 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2806 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2808 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2810 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2812 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2814 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2816 return "DW_OP_constu";
2818 return "DW_OP_consts";
2822 return "DW_OP_drop";
2824 return "DW_OP_over";
2826 return "DW_OP_pick";
2828 return "DW_OP_swap";
2832 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2840 return "DW_OP_minus";
2852 return "DW_OP_plus";
2853 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2854 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2860 return "DW_OP_shra";
2878 return "DW_OP_skip";
2880 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2882 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2884 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2886 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2888 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2890 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2892 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2894 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2896 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2898 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2900 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2902 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2904 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2906 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2908 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2910 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2912 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2914 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2916 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2918 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2920 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2922 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2924 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2926 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2928 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2930 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2932 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2934 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2936 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2938 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2940 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2942 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2944 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2946 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2948 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2950 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2952 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2954 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2956 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2958 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2960 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2962 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2964 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2966 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2968 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2970 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2972 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2974 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2976 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2978 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2980 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2982 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2984 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2986 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2988 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2990 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2992 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2994 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2996 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2998 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3000 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3002 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3004 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3006 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3008 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3010 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3012 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3014 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3016 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3018 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3020 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3022 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3024 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3026 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3028 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3030 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3032 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3034 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3036 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3038 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3040 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3042 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3044 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3046 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3048 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3050 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3052 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3054 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3056 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3058 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3060 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3062 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3064 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3066 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3068 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3070 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3072 return "DW_OP_regx";
3074 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3076 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3078 return "DW_OP_piece";
3079 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3080 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3081 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3082 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3085 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3086 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3088 return "DW_OP_call2";
3090 return "DW_OP_call4";
3091 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3092 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3093 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3094 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3096 return "OP_<unknown>";
3100 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3101 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3102 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3104 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3105 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3106 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3108 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3110 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3111 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3112 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3113 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3114 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3119 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3122 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3124 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3126 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3127 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3133 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3135 static unsigned long
3136 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3138 unsigned long size = 1;
3140 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3143 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3144 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3163 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3166 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3171 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3172 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3210 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3213 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3216 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3219 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3220 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3223 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3225 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3226 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3235 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3236 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3245 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3247 static unsigned long
3248 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3253 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3254 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3255 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3257 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3259 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3264 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3266 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3267 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3273 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3276 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3278 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3279 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3281 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3283 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3285 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3289 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3293 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3297 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3298 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3305 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3306 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3308 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3321 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3322 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3323 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3324 only doing unwinding. */
3329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3332 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3335 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3340 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3341 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3375 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3378 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3381 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3384 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3385 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3388 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3390 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3391 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3392 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3395 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3396 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3398 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3401 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3408 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3413 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3416 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3418 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3420 /* Output the opcode. */
3421 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3422 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3424 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3425 output_loc_operands (loc);
3429 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3430 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3433 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3435 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3438 /* Output the size of the block. */
3439 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3440 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3441 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3443 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3444 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3447 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3448 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3451 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3452 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3454 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3456 offset += cfa->offset;
3460 if (cfa->base_offset)
3463 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3465 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3467 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3468 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3470 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3472 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3473 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3474 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3477 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3478 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3485 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3487 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3488 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3489 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3491 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3497 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3498 descriptor sequence. */
3501 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3503 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3505 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3509 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3511 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3547 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3550 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3584 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3585 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3588 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3589 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3594 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3595 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3598 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3599 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3603 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3605 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3606 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3608 /* .debug_str support. */
3609 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3611 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3612 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3613 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3614 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3615 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3616 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3617 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3618 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3619 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3620 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3621 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3622 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3623 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3624 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3625 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3626 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3628 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3630 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3636 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3637 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3638 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3639 dwarf2out_end_block,
3640 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3641 dwarf2out_source_line,
3642 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3643 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3644 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3645 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3646 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3647 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3648 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3649 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3650 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3651 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3652 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3653 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3654 something tries to reference them. */
3655 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3656 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3657 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3658 dwarf2out_var_location,
3659 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3660 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3664 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3665 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3666 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3668 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3669 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3670 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3671 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3673 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3674 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3676 typedef long int dw_offset;
3678 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3680 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3681 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3682 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3683 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3684 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3686 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3687 line number associated with the label generated for that
3688 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3689 the line number entry. */
3691 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3693 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3694 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3698 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3700 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3702 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3703 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3704 unsigned long function;
3706 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3708 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3709 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3710 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3712 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3714 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3715 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3719 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3720 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3722 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3723 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3724 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3726 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3728 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3730 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3731 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3732 dw_die_ref die_child;
3734 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3735 dw_offset die_offset;
3736 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3738 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3739 int die_perennial_p;
3740 unsigned int decl_id;
3744 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3745 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3746 c = die->die_child; \
3750 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3753 /* The pubname structure */
3755 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3762 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3767 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3768 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3772 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3776 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3777 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3778 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3781 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3782 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3784 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3785 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3786 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3787 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3788 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3789 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3791 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3792 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3793 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3794 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3795 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3796 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3797 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3798 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3799 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3800 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3802 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3803 language, and compiler version. */
3805 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3806 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3807 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3809 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3810 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3812 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3813 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3814 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3815 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3816 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3818 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3819 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3820 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3821 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3822 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3823 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3825 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3826 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3827 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3828 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3830 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3834 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3835 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3836 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3838 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3839 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3841 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3842 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3844 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3845 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3846 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3847 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3848 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3850 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3851 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3852 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3853 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3856 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3857 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3859 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3860 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3862 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3863 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3865 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3866 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3867 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3869 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3870 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3872 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3873 const char * GTY (()) label;
3874 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3875 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3878 /* Variable location list. */
3879 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3881 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3883 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3884 it is marked through the chain. */
3885 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3887 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3888 unsigned int decl_id;
3890 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3893 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3894 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3896 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3897 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3898 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3899 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3900 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3902 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3903 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3905 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3906 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3908 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3909 abbrev_die_table. */
3910 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3912 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3913 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3914 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3915 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3917 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3918 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3920 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3921 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3923 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3924 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3926 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3927 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3928 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3929 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3931 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3932 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3934 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3935 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3937 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3939 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3941 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3942 accessible names. */
3943 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3945 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3946 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3948 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3949 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3951 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3953 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3955 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3956 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3958 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3959 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3961 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3962 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3964 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3966 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3968 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3969 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3971 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3972 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3974 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3975 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3977 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3979 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3981 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3982 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3984 /* Unique label counter. */
3985 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3987 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3988 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3989 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3991 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3992 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3995 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3996 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
3998 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3999 static GTY(()) int label_num;
4001 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4002 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4004 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4006 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4007 within the current function. */
4008 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4010 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4012 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
4013 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4014 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
4015 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4016 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4017 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4018 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
4019 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
4020 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4021 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4022 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4023 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4024 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4025 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4026 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4027 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4028 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4029 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4031 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4032 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4033 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4034 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4035 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4036 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4037 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4038 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4039 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4040 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4041 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4042 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4043 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4044 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4045 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4046 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4048 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4049 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4050 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4051 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4052 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4053 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4054 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4055 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4056 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4058 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4059 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4060 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4061 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4062 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4063 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4064 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4065 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4066 static bool is_c_family (void);
4067 static bool is_cxx (void);
4068 static bool is_java (void);
4069 static bool is_fortran (void);
4070 static bool is_ada (void);
4071 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4072 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4073 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4074 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4075 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4076 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4077 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4078 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4079 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4080 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4081 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4082 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4083 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4084 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4085 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4086 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4087 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4088 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4089 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4090 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4091 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4092 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4093 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4094 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4095 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4096 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4097 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4098 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4099 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4100 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4101 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4102 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4103 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4104 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4105 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4106 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4107 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4108 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4109 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4110 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4111 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4112 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4113 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4114 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4115 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4116 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4117 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4118 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4119 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4120 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4121 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4122 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4123 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4124 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4125 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4126 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4127 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4128 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4129 static void output_pubnames (void);
4130 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4131 static void output_aranges (void);
4132 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4133 static void output_ranges (void);
4134 static void output_line_info (void);
4135 static void output_file_names (void);
4136 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4137 static tree root_type (tree);
4138 static int is_base_type (tree);
4139 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4140 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4141 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4142 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4143 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4144 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4145 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4146 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4147 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4148 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4149 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4150 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4151 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4152 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4153 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4154 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4155 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4156 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4157 static tree field_type (tree);
4158 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4159 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4160 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4161 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4162 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4164 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4165 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4166 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4167 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4168 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4169 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4170 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4171 enum dwarf_attribute);
4172 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4173 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4174 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4175 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4176 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4177 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4178 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4179 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4180 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4181 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4182 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4183 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4184 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4185 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4186 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4187 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4188 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4189 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4190 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4191 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4192 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4193 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4195 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4197 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4199 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4201 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4202 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4203 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4204 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4205 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4206 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4207 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4208 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4209 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4210 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4211 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4212 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4213 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4214 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4215 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4216 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4217 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4218 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
4219 enum debug_info_usage);
4220 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4221 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4222 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4223 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4224 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4225 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4226 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4227 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4228 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4229 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4230 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4231 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4232 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4233 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4234 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4235 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4236 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4237 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4238 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4239 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4240 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4241 const char *, const char *,
4243 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4244 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4246 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4247 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4248 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4249 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4250 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4251 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4252 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4254 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4255 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4256 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4258 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4259 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4261 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4262 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4264 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4265 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4267 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4268 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4270 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4271 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4273 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4274 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4276 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4277 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4279 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4280 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4283 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4284 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4285 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4288 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4289 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4290 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4291 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4294 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4295 the section names themselves. */
4297 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4298 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4300 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4301 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4303 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4304 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4306 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4307 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4309 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4310 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4312 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4313 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4315 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4316 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4318 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4319 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4322 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4323 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4324 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4325 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4326 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4328 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4329 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4330 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4331 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4332 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4333 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4334 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4335 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4336 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4337 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4339 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4340 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4342 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4343 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4345 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4346 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4348 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4349 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4351 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4352 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4354 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4355 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4358 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4359 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4361 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4364 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4366 demangle_name_func = func;
4369 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4372 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4374 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4375 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4376 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4379 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4383 type_main_variant (tree type)
4385 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4387 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4388 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4389 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4390 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4392 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4393 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4394 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4399 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4402 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4404 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4406 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4407 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4410 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4413 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4417 case DW_TAG_padding:
4418 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4419 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4420 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4421 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4422 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4423 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4424 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4425 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4426 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4427 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4428 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4429 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4430 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4432 return "DW_TAG_label";
4433 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4434 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4436 return "DW_TAG_member";
4437 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4438 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4439 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4440 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4441 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4442 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4443 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4444 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4445 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4446 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4447 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4448 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4449 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4450 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4451 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4452 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4453 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4454 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4455 case DW_TAG_variant:
4456 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4457 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4458 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4459 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4460 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4461 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4462 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4463 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4464 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4466 return "DW_TAG_module";
4467 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4468 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4469 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4470 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4471 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4472 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4473 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4474 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4475 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4476 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4477 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4478 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4479 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4480 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4481 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4482 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4483 case DW_TAG_constant:
4484 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4485 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4486 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4487 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4488 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4490 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4491 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4492 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4493 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4494 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4495 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4496 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4497 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4498 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4499 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4500 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4501 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4502 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4503 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4504 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4505 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4506 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4507 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4508 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4509 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4510 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4511 case DW_TAG_variable:
4512 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4513 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4514 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4515 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4516 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4517 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4518 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4519 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4520 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4521 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4522 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4523 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4524 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4525 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4526 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4527 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4528 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4530 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4534 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4537 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4542 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4543 case DW_AT_location:
4544 return "DW_AT_location";
4546 return "DW_AT_name";
4547 case DW_AT_ordering:
4548 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4549 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4550 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4551 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4552 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4553 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4554 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4555 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4556 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4557 case DW_AT_element_list:
4558 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4559 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4560 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4562 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4564 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4565 case DW_AT_language:
4566 return "DW_AT_language";
4568 return "DW_AT_member";
4570 return "DW_AT_discr";
4571 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4572 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4573 case DW_AT_visibility:
4574 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4576 return "DW_AT_import";
4577 case DW_AT_string_length:
4578 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4579 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4580 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4581 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4582 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4583 case DW_AT_const_value:
4584 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4585 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4586 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4587 case DW_AT_default_value:
4588 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4590 return "DW_AT_inline";
4591 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4592 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4593 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4594 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4595 case DW_AT_producer:
4596 return "DW_AT_producer";
4597 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4598 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4599 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4600 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4601 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4602 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4603 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4604 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4605 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4606 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4607 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4608 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4609 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4610 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4611 case DW_AT_address_class:
4612 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4613 case DW_AT_artificial:
4614 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4615 case DW_AT_base_types:
4616 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4617 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4618 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4620 return "DW_AT_count";
4621 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4622 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4623 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4624 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4625 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4626 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4627 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4628 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4629 case DW_AT_declaration:
4630 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4631 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4632 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4633 case DW_AT_encoding:
4634 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4635 case DW_AT_external:
4636 return "DW_AT_external";
4637 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4638 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4640 return "DW_AT_friend";
4641 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4642 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4643 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4644 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4645 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4646 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4647 case DW_AT_priority:
4648 return "DW_AT_priority";
4650 return "DW_AT_segment";
4651 case DW_AT_specification:
4652 return "DW_AT_specification";
4653 case DW_AT_static_link:
4654 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4656 return "DW_AT_type";
4657 case DW_AT_use_location:
4658 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4659 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4660 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4661 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4662 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4663 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4664 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4666 case DW_AT_allocated:
4667 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4668 case DW_AT_associated:
4669 return "DW_AT_associated";
4670 case DW_AT_data_location:
4671 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4673 return "DW_AT_stride";
4674 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4675 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4676 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4677 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4678 case DW_AT_extension:
4679 return "DW_AT_extension";
4681 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4682 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4683 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4684 case DW_AT_call_column:
4685 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4686 case DW_AT_call_file:
4687 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4688 case DW_AT_call_line:
4689 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4691 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4693 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4695 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4697 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4699 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4701 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4703 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4705 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4707 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4709 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4711 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4712 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4714 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4715 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4716 case DW_AT_src_info:
4717 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4718 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4719 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4720 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4721 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4722 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4723 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4724 case DW_AT_body_end:
4725 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4726 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4727 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4729 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4730 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4733 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4737 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4740 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4745 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4746 case DW_FORM_block2:
4747 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4748 case DW_FORM_block4:
4749 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4751 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4753 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4755 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4756 case DW_FORM_string:
4757 return "DW_FORM_string";
4759 return "DW_FORM_block";
4760 case DW_FORM_block1:
4761 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4763 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4765 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4767 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4769 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4771 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4772 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4773 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4775 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4777 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4779 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4781 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4782 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4783 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4784 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4785 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4787 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4791 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4792 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4793 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4794 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4798 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4800 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4803 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4804 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4805 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4806 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4809 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4810 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4811 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4813 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4816 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4817 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4818 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4819 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4823 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4825 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4827 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4828 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4829 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4830 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4833 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4838 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4842 ret_val = lookahead;
4843 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4844 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4846 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4848 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4849 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4850 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4851 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4852 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4853 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4854 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4855 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4861 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4862 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4866 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4868 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4870 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4871 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4873 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4874 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4876 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4877 context = NULL_TREE;
4882 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4885 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4887 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4891 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4892 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4893 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4896 static inline enum dw_val_class
4897 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4899 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4902 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4905 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4909 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4910 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4911 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4912 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4915 static inline unsigned
4916 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4918 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4919 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4922 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4925 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4929 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4930 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4931 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4932 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4935 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4936 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4938 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4939 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4942 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4945 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4946 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4950 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4951 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4952 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4953 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4956 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4957 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4959 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4960 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4963 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4966 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4967 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4971 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4972 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4973 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4974 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4975 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4978 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4981 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4982 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4986 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4987 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4988 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4989 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4990 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4991 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4994 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4997 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4999 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5003 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5005 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5006 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5009 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5012 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5015 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5018 if (! debug_str_hash)
5019 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5020 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5022 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5023 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5025 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5026 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5027 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5030 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5031 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5032 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5033 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5036 static inline const char *
5037 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5039 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5040 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5043 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5044 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5047 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5049 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5053 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5055 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5059 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5061 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5062 always better to put it inline. */
5063 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5064 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5066 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5067 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5069 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5070 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5071 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5073 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5074 ++dw2_string_counter;
5075 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5077 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5080 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5083 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5087 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5088 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5089 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5090 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5091 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5094 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5095 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5098 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5100 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5101 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5102 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5105 static inline dw_die_ref
5106 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5108 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5109 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5113 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5115 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5116 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5122 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5124 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5125 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5128 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5131 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5135 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5136 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5137 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5138 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5141 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5144 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5148 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5149 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5150 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5151 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5154 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5155 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5157 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5158 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5162 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5166 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5167 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5168 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5169 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5170 have_location_lists = true;
5173 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5174 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5176 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5177 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5180 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5183 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5187 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5188 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5189 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5190 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5193 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5196 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5198 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5199 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5202 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5205 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5206 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5210 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5211 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5212 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5213 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5216 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5218 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5219 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5221 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5222 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5225 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5228 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5232 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5233 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5234 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5235 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5238 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5239 debug_line section. */
5242 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5247 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5248 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5249 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5250 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5253 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5254 debug_macinfo section. */
5257 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5262 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5263 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5264 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5265 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5268 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5271 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5272 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5276 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5277 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5278 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5279 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5282 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5285 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5286 long unsigned int offset)
5290 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5291 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5292 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5293 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5296 static inline const char *
5297 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5299 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5300 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5301 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5302 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5305 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5308 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5312 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5317 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5318 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5320 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5321 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5325 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5330 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5331 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5332 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5334 static inline const char *
5335 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5337 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5339 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5342 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5343 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5344 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5346 static inline const char *
5347 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5349 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5351 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5354 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5355 NULL if it is not present. */
5357 static inline const char *
5358 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5360 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5362 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5365 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5366 if it is not present. */
5369 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5371 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5373 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5376 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5377 if it is not present. */
5379 static inline unsigned
5380 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5382 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5384 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5387 static inline dw_die_ref
5388 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5390 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5392 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5395 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5396 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5398 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5400 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5403 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5408 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5410 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5411 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5412 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5415 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5420 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5422 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5425 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5430 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5432 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5433 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5434 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5437 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5442 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5444 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5447 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5452 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5454 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5457 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5460 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5468 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5469 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5471 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5472 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5473 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5475 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5477 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5482 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5483 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5486 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5488 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5489 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5492 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5496 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5497 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5498 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5501 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5505 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5511 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5513 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5515 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5516 /* Might have removed every child. */
5517 if (c == c->die_sib)
5521 } while (c != die->die_child);
5524 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5527 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5529 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5530 if (! die || ! child_die)
5532 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5534 child_die->die_parent = die;
5537 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5538 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5541 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5542 die->die_child = child_die;
5545 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5546 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5547 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5550 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5554 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5555 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5556 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5558 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5564 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5565 || (child->die_parent
5566 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5568 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5569 if (p->die_sib == child)
5571 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5575 add_child_die (parent, child);
5578 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5580 static inline dw_die_ref
5581 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5583 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5585 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5587 if (parent_die != NULL)
5588 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5591 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5593 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5594 limbo_node->die = die;
5595 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5596 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5597 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5603 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5605 static inline dw_die_ref
5606 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5608 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5611 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5614 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5616 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5619 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5622 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5624 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5627 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5630 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5632 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5635 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5637 static inline dw_die_ref
5638 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5640 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5643 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5646 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5648 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5651 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5655 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5657 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5660 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5662 static inline var_loc_list *
5663 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5665 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5668 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5671 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5673 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5676 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5678 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5681 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5684 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5686 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5690 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5693 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5694 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5702 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5703 we have nothing to do. */
5704 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5705 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5707 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5708 temp->last->next = loc;
5712 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5713 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5720 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5721 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5722 the DIE internal representation. */
5723 static int print_indent;
5725 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5728 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5730 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5733 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5734 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5737 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5743 print_spaces (outfile);
5744 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5745 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5746 print_spaces (outfile);
5747 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5748 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5750 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5752 print_spaces (outfile);
5753 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5755 switch (AT_class (a))
5757 case dw_val_class_addr:
5758 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5760 case dw_val_class_offset:
5761 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5763 case dw_val_class_loc:
5764 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5766 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5767 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5768 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5770 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5771 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5773 case dw_val_class_const:
5774 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5776 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5777 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5779 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5780 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5781 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5782 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5784 case dw_val_class_vec:
5785 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5787 case dw_val_class_flag:
5788 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5790 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5791 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5793 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5794 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5796 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5799 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5801 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5802 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5803 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5804 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5806 case dw_val_class_str:
5807 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5808 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5810 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5812 case dw_val_class_file:
5813 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5814 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5820 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5823 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5826 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5829 if (print_indent == 0)
5830 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5833 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5834 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5837 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5840 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5842 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5843 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5845 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5846 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
5847 line_info->dw_file_num,
5848 line_info->dw_line_num);
5851 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5854 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5857 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5859 print_die (die, stderr);
5862 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5863 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5869 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5870 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5871 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5874 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5875 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5876 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5879 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5881 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5882 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5884 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5888 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5891 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5893 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5895 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5899 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5900 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5902 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5905 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5907 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5908 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5909 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5912 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5915 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5917 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5920 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5922 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5923 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5924 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5927 switch (AT_class (at))
5929 case dw_val_class_const:
5930 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5932 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5933 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5935 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5936 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5938 case dw_val_class_vec:
5939 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5941 case dw_val_class_flag:
5942 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5944 case dw_val_class_str:
5945 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5948 case dw_val_class_addr:
5950 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5951 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5954 case dw_val_class_offset:
5955 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5958 case dw_val_class_loc:
5959 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5960 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5963 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5964 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5967 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5968 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5969 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5970 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5973 case dw_val_class_file:
5974 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5982 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5985 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5991 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5994 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5997 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5999 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6001 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6002 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6004 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6008 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6010 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6012 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6014 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6015 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6016 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6019 /* Do the values look the same? */
6021 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6023 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6026 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6029 switch (v1->val_class)
6031 case dw_val_class_const:
6032 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6033 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6034 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6035 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6036 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6037 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6038 case dw_val_class_vec:
6039 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6040 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6042 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6043 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6046 case dw_val_class_flag:
6047 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6048 case dw_val_class_str:
6049 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6051 case dw_val_class_addr:
6052 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6053 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6054 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6056 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6057 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6059 case dw_val_class_offset:
6060 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6062 case dw_val_class_loc:
6063 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6065 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6066 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6068 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6070 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6071 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6073 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6074 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6075 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6076 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6079 case dw_val_class_file:
6080 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6087 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6090 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6092 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6095 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6096 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6097 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6100 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6103 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6106 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6112 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6114 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6115 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6117 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6120 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6121 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6124 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6125 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6128 c1 = die1->die_child;
6129 c2 = die2->die_child;
6138 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6142 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6144 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6154 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6157 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6160 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6162 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6163 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6168 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6170 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6172 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6173 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6175 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6176 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6179 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6181 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6182 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6183 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6186 unsigned char checksum[16];
6189 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6190 the name filename of the unit. */
6192 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6194 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6195 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6196 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6198 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6199 clean_symbol_name (name);
6201 p = name + strlen (name);
6202 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6204 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6208 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6209 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6212 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6215 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6217 switch (die->die_tag)
6219 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6220 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6221 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6222 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6223 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6224 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6225 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6226 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6227 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6228 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6229 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6230 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6231 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6232 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6233 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6234 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6235 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6236 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6243 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6244 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6245 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6246 compilations (functions). */
6249 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6251 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6252 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6253 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6254 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6256 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6259 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6260 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6261 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6262 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6264 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6266 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6269 return is_type_die (c);
6272 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6273 compilation unit. */
6276 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6278 return (is_type_die (c)
6279 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6280 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6281 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6285 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6289 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6290 return xstrdup (buf);
6293 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6296 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6300 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6302 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6304 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6306 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6307 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6308 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6311 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6314 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6317 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6320 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6321 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6324 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6326 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6328 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6330 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6334 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6336 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6337 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6339 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6343 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6345 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6355 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6358 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6360 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6361 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6363 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6365 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6366 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6370 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6372 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6378 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6382 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6384 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6385 entry->next = *slot;
6391 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6393 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6395 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6397 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6398 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6402 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6405 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6406 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6407 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6410 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6413 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6414 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6415 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6419 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6421 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6422 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6424 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6426 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6427 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6429 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6430 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6431 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6432 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6434 add_child_die (unit, c);
6436 if (c == die->die_child)
6439 } while (c != die->die_child);
6442 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6443 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6447 assign_symbol_names (die);
6448 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6449 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6455 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6456 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6457 &comdat_symbol_number);
6458 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6460 *pnode = node->next;
6463 pnode = &node->next;
6464 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6465 comdat_symbol_number);
6468 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6471 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6472 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6473 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6476 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6480 if (! die->die_child)
6483 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6484 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6486 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6489 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6492 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6498 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6499 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6500 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6502 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6505 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6506 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6507 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6508 die are visited recursively. */
6511 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6513 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6514 unsigned int n_alloc;
6519 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6520 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6521 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6522 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6523 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6525 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6527 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6530 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6532 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6533 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6537 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6539 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6542 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6543 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6546 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6548 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6549 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6550 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6560 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6562 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6564 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6565 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6566 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6568 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6569 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6570 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6573 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6574 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6577 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6578 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6581 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6584 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6591 log = floor_log2 (value);
6594 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6599 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6600 .debug_info section. */
6602 static unsigned long
6603 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6605 unsigned long size = 0;
6609 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6610 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6612 switch (AT_class (a))
6614 case dw_val_class_addr:
6615 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6617 case dw_val_class_offset:
6618 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6620 case dw_val_class_loc:
6622 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6625 size += constant_size (lsize);
6629 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6630 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6632 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6633 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6635 case dw_val_class_const:
6636 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6638 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6639 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6641 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6642 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6644 case dw_val_class_vec:
6645 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6646 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6648 case dw_val_class_flag:
6651 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6652 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6653 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6655 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6657 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6658 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6660 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6661 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6663 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6664 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6665 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6667 case dw_val_class_str:
6668 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6669 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6671 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6673 case dw_val_class_file:
6674 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6684 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6685 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6686 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6687 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6690 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6694 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6695 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6697 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6699 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6700 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6701 next_die_offset += 1;
6704 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6705 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6706 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6707 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6710 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6714 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6717 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6720 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6723 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6727 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6730 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6733 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6736 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6746 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6748 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6749 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6750 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6753 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6754 compilation unit. */
6756 static unsigned long
6757 size_of_pubnames (void)
6762 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6763 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6765 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6766 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6769 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6773 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6775 static unsigned long
6776 size_of_aranges (void)
6780 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6782 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6783 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6784 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6786 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6787 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6791 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6793 static enum dwarf_form
6794 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6796 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6798 case dw_val_class_addr:
6799 return DW_FORM_addr;
6800 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6801 case dw_val_class_offset:
6802 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6803 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6806 return DW_FORM_data4;
6808 return DW_FORM_data8;
6812 case dw_val_class_loc:
6813 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6816 return DW_FORM_block1;
6818 return DW_FORM_block2;
6822 case dw_val_class_const:
6823 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6824 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6825 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6828 return DW_FORM_data1;
6830 return DW_FORM_data2;
6832 return DW_FORM_data4;
6834 return DW_FORM_data8;
6838 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6839 return DW_FORM_block1;
6840 case dw_val_class_vec:
6841 return DW_FORM_block1;
6842 case dw_val_class_flag:
6843 return DW_FORM_flag;
6844 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6845 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6846 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6849 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6850 return DW_FORM_data;
6851 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6852 return DW_FORM_addr;
6853 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6854 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6855 return DW_FORM_data;
6856 case dw_val_class_str:
6857 return AT_string_form (a);
6858 case dw_val_class_file:
6859 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
6862 return DW_FORM_data1;
6864 return DW_FORM_data2;
6866 return DW_FORM_data4;
6876 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6879 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6881 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6886 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6890 output_abbrev_section (void)
6892 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6894 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6896 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6900 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6901 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6902 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6904 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6909 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6913 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6914 output_value_format (a_attr);
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6921 /* Terminate the table. */
6922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6925 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6928 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6930 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6935 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6936 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6937 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6939 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6944 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6945 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6946 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6948 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6949 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6950 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6952 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6954 retlist->begin = begin;
6956 retlist->expr = expr;
6957 retlist->section = section;
6959 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6964 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6967 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6968 const char *begin, const char *end,
6969 const char *section)
6973 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6974 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6977 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6978 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6982 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6988 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6989 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6990 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6991 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6992 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6993 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6994 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
6996 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
6997 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
6998 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
7001 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7004 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7006 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7008 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7010 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7011 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7014 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7016 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7017 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7018 list_head->ll_symbol);
7019 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7020 "Location list end address (%s)",
7021 list_head->ll_symbol);
7025 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7026 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7027 list_head->ll_symbol);
7028 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7029 "Location list end address (%s)",
7030 list_head->ll_symbol);
7032 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7034 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7035 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7036 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7038 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7041 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7042 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7043 list_head->ll_symbol);
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7045 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7046 list_head->ll_symbol);
7049 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7050 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7053 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7060 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7061 them to point to. */
7062 if (die->die_symbol)
7063 output_die_symbol (die);
7065 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7066 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7068 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7070 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7072 switch (AT_class (a))
7074 case dw_val_class_addr:
7075 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7078 case dw_val_class_offset:
7079 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7083 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7085 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7087 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7088 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7089 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7090 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7095 case dw_val_class_loc:
7096 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7098 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7099 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7101 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7104 case dw_val_class_const:
7105 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7106 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7107 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7108 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7111 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7113 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7116 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7118 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7120 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7121 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7124 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7126 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7127 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7131 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7132 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7135 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7136 first, "long long constant");
7137 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7142 case dw_val_class_vec:
7144 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7145 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7150 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7155 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7158 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7159 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7163 case dw_val_class_flag:
7164 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7167 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7169 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7172 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7177 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7178 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7180 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7183 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7188 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7194 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7198 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7199 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7200 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7205 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7206 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7209 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7210 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7211 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7214 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7215 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7216 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7219 case dw_val_class_str:
7220 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7221 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7222 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7224 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7226 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7229 case dw_val_class_file:
7231 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7234 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7243 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7245 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7246 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7251 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7252 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7255 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7257 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7258 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7259 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7260 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7261 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7262 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7263 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7264 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7265 debug_abbrev_section,
7266 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7270 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7273 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7275 const char *secname;
7278 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7279 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7282 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7283 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7284 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7285 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7286 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7289 build_abbrev_table (die);
7291 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7292 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7293 calc_die_sizes (die);
7295 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7298 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7300 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7302 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7303 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7306 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7308 /* Output debugging information. */
7309 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7312 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7317 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7321 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7324 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7326 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7329 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7332 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7336 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7339 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7341 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7343 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7344 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7345 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7346 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7349 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7351 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7354 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7355 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7356 visible procedures. */
7359 output_pubnames (void)
7362 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7364 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7365 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7366 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7367 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7368 "Length of Public Names Info");
7369 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7370 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7372 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7373 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7374 "Compilation Unit Length");
7376 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7378 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7380 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7381 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7383 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7386 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7389 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7392 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7395 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7397 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7400 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7402 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7403 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7404 (arange_table_allocated
7405 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7406 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7407 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7410 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7413 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7414 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7415 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7418 output_aranges (void)
7421 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7423 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7424 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7425 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7426 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7427 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7428 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7429 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7431 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7433 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7435 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7436 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7438 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7440 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7441 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7442 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7443 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7446 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7447 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7448 text_section_label, "Length");
7449 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7451 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7453 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7454 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7457 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7459 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7461 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7462 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7464 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7466 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7468 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7469 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7473 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7474 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7475 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7476 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7477 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7479 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7482 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7484 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7485 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7486 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7487 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7492 /* Output the terminator words. */
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7494 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7497 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7501 add_ranges (tree block)
7503 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7505 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7507 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7509 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7510 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7511 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7512 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7515 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7516 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7518 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7522 output_ranges (void)
7525 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7526 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7528 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7530 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7534 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7535 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7537 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7538 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7540 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7541 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7542 base of the text section. */
7543 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7545 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7547 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7548 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7549 text_section_label, NULL);
7552 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7553 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7554 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7555 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7558 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7559 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7560 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7567 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7574 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7577 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7578 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7579 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7580 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7581 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7584 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7588 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7589 int length; /* Path length. */
7590 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7591 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7592 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7595 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7596 the directories in the path. */
7599 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7601 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7602 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7606 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7607 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7608 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7609 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7610 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7611 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7612 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7614 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7615 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7621 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7622 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7623 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7624 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7625 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7627 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7628 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7633 struct file_name_acquire_data
7635 struct file_info *files;
7640 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7643 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7645 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7646 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7647 struct file_info *fi;
7650 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7652 if (! d->emitted_number)
7655 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7657 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7659 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7661 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7664 /* Create a new array entry. */
7666 fi->length = strlen (f);
7669 /* Search for the file name part. */
7670 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7671 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7675 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7676 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7677 slowdowns with many input files. */
7680 output_file_names (void)
7682 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7684 struct file_info *files;
7685 struct dir_info *dirs;
7694 if (!last_emitted_file)
7696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7701 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7703 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7704 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7705 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7708 fnad.used_files = 0;
7709 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7710 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7711 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7713 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7715 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7716 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7717 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7718 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7720 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7721 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
7724 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
7725 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7726 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7727 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7729 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7730 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7731 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7737 /* This is a new directory. */
7738 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7739 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7740 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7741 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7742 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7744 /* Search for a prefix. */
7745 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7746 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7747 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7748 && dirs[j].length > 1
7749 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7750 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7751 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7752 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7757 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7758 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7759 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7760 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7761 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7762 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7763 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7764 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7766 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7767 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7772 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7773 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7774 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7775 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7777 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7780 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7782 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7787 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7792 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7793 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7795 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7796 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7801 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7803 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7805 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7806 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7807 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7809 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7810 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7812 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7813 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7818 /* Emit the directory name table. */
7820 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7821 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7822 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7823 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
7825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7827 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
7828 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
7829 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7830 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
7831 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7832 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
7834 /* Now write all the file names. */
7835 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7837 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7838 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7840 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7841 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
7843 /* Include directory index. */
7844 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
7846 /* Modification time. */
7847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7849 /* File length in bytes. */
7850 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7857 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7858 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7861 output_line_info (void)
7863 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7864 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7865 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7868 unsigned long lt_index;
7869 unsigned long current_line;
7872 unsigned long current_file;
7873 unsigned long function;
7875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7877 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7880 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7881 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7882 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7883 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7884 "Length of Source Line Info");
7885 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7887 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7888 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7889 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7891 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7892 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7893 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7894 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7895 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7896 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7897 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7898 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7900 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7903 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7905 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7907 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7909 "Special Opcode Base");
7911 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7915 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7916 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7917 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7918 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7919 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7927 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7931 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7932 output_file_names ();
7933 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7935 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7936 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7937 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7939 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7940 a series of state machine operations. */
7944 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
7945 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7947 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7948 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7950 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7953 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7954 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7957 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7958 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7959 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7960 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7961 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7965 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7967 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7968 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7969 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7970 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7971 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7972 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7974 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7977 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7979 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7980 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7984 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7985 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7987 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7989 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7992 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7994 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7995 different from the previous line. */
7996 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7998 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8003 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8004 that uses the least amount of space. */
8005 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8007 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8008 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8009 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8010 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8011 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8012 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8014 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8015 "line %lu", current_line);
8018 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8019 depending on the value being encoded. */
8020 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8021 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8022 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8027 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8031 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8035 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8036 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8043 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8047 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8053 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8055 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8056 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8059 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8060 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8061 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8062 && line_info->function == function)
8066 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8067 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8068 to handle it differently. */
8069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8071 if (function != line_info->function)
8073 function = line_info->function;
8075 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8077 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8083 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8087 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8088 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8095 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8099 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8101 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8102 different from the previous line. */
8103 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8105 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8107 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8110 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8111 that uses the least amount of space. */
8112 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8114 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8115 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8116 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8117 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8118 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8119 "line %lu", current_line);
8122 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8123 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8125 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8129 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8137 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8138 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8139 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8144 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8149 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8150 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8154 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8157 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8160 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8161 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8162 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8163 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8167 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8168 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8171 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8172 a DIE that describes the given type.
8174 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8175 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8178 base_type_die (tree type)
8180 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8181 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8183 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8186 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8189 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8191 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8192 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8194 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8196 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8197 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8199 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8203 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8204 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8206 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8209 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8210 a user defined type for it. */
8212 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8213 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8215 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8219 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8220 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8224 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8228 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8230 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8231 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8232 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8234 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8235 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8236 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8238 return base_type_result;
8241 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8242 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8243 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8244 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8245 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8246 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8247 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8248 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8251 root_type (tree type)
8253 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8254 return error_mark_node;
8256 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8259 return error_mark_node;
8262 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8263 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8266 return type_main_variant (type);
8270 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8271 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8274 is_base_type (tree type)
8276 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8289 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8294 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8307 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8308 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8309 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8310 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8313 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8314 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8316 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8317 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8318 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8320 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8321 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8323 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8326 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8327 emitted as a subrange type. */
8330 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8332 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8334 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8335 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8336 or an enumeral type. */
8338 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8339 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8342 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8343 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8346 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8347 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8348 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8349 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8350 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8351 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8352 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8353 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8355 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8356 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8357 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8358 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8359 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8360 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8361 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8362 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8363 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8364 keep checking the actual size. */
8365 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8366 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8368 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8369 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8371 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8372 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8374 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8381 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8382 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8385 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8387 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8388 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8390 if (context_die == NULL)
8391 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8393 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8395 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8397 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8398 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8399 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8402 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8403 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8404 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8405 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8406 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8407 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8409 return subrange_die;
8412 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8413 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8416 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8417 dw_die_ref context_die)
8419 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8420 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8421 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8422 tree item_type = NULL;
8423 tree qualified_type;
8426 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8429 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8432 = get_qualified_type (type,
8433 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8434 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8436 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8439 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8441 return mod_type_die;
8444 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8446 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8447 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8449 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8451 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8453 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8454 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8455 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8457 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8458 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8459 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8460 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8461 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8462 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8463 type to which it refers. */
8464 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8465 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8467 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8472 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8473 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8475 else if (is_volatile_type)
8477 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8478 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8480 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8482 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8483 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8484 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8485 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8487 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8489 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8490 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8491 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8492 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8494 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8496 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8497 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8499 else if (is_base_type (type))
8500 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8503 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8505 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8506 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8507 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8508 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8509 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8511 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8512 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8514 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8515 not the main variant. */
8516 return lookup_type_die (type);
8519 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8520 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8521 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8523 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8525 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8526 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8527 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8528 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8529 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8530 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8534 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8537 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8538 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8539 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8540 types are possible in Ada. */
8541 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8542 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8543 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8546 if (sub_die != NULL)
8547 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8549 return mod_type_die;
8552 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8553 an enumerated type. */
8556 type_is_enum (tree type)
8558 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8561 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8564 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8566 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8568 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8570 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8571 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8573 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8575 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8579 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8582 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8583 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8584 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8587 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8589 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8591 if (*list_head != NULL)
8593 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8594 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8597 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8598 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8602 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8603 zero if there is none. */
8605 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8606 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8610 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8613 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8615 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8616 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8618 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8621 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8622 a given hard register number. */
8624 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8625 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8628 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8630 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8633 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8634 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8636 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8637 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8641 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8644 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8645 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8647 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8649 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8652 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8653 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8655 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8656 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8658 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8665 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8666 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8667 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8673 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8675 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8677 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8680 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8684 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8685 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8686 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8687 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8692 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8694 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8695 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8697 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8699 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8700 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8704 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8707 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8709 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8719 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8721 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8722 || i >= -0x80000000)
8728 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8731 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8733 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8734 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8738 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8739 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8740 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8741 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8742 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8744 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8748 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8750 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8751 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8753 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8754 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8755 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8757 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8761 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8763 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8765 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8768 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8771 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8773 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8774 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8775 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8776 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8779 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8780 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8781 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8782 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8784 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8785 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8786 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8787 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8789 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8790 autoincrement addressing modes.
8792 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8793 location list for RTL.
8795 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8797 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8798 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8800 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8801 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8803 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8804 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8805 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8806 zeroth element of the array. */
8808 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8810 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8815 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8816 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8818 /* ... fall through ... */
8821 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8822 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8823 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8824 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8825 contains the given subreg. */
8826 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8828 /* ... fall through ... */
8831 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8832 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8833 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8834 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8835 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8836 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8837 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8838 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8839 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8840 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8841 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8842 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8843 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8844 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8845 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8849 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8850 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8851 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8855 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8857 /* ... fall through ... */
8860 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8861 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8865 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8866 by a different symbol. */
8867 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8870 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8872 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8875 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8876 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8881 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8882 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8883 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8884 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8889 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8890 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8891 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8892 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8896 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8898 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8903 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8905 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8906 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8907 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8908 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8910 /* ... fall through ... */
8914 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8915 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8916 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8919 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8920 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8923 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8924 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8925 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8926 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8927 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8930 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8931 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8932 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8933 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8938 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8939 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8958 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8959 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8961 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8964 mem_loc_result = op0;
8965 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8966 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8971 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8978 return mem_loc_result;
8981 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8982 This is typically a complex variable. */
8984 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8985 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8987 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8988 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8989 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8991 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8994 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8995 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8997 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8998 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9000 return cc_loc_result;
9003 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9004 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9005 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9006 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9007 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9009 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9011 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9012 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
9014 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9016 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9019 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9020 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9021 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9022 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9023 contains the given subreg. */
9024 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9026 /* ... fall through ... */
9029 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
9033 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
9037 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
9042 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9044 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
9048 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9053 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9054 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9055 enum machine_mode mode;
9058 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9059 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9060 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9061 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9062 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9064 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9066 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9067 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9068 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9069 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9081 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9082 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9083 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9084 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9085 the value of LOC. */
9087 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9088 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9090 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9091 int have_address = 0;
9092 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9094 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9095 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9098 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9103 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9104 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9105 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9106 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9107 the names of types. */
9113 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9114 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9115 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9116 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9117 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9121 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9125 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9126 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9129 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9133 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9134 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9137 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9138 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9139 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9142 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9143 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9148 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9149 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9152 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9153 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9154 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9156 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9157 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9165 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9166 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9173 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9175 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9177 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9179 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9180 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9181 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9182 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9184 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9186 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9188 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9189 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9190 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9194 enum machine_mode mode;
9196 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9197 if (want_address == 2)
9198 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9200 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9203 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9206 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9212 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9217 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9221 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9222 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9225 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9230 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9233 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9234 enum machine_mode mode;
9236 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9238 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9239 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9244 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9246 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9249 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9251 /* Variable offset. */
9252 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9253 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9256 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9258 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9259 else if (bytepos < 0)
9261 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9262 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9270 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9271 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9278 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9279 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9280 enum machine_mode mode;
9282 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9284 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9285 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9286 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9291 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9292 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9297 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9303 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9308 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9310 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9311 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9319 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9321 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9322 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9335 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9339 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9340 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9342 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9346 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9347 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9348 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9358 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9365 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9372 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9379 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9394 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9395 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9396 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9399 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9400 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9403 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9417 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9421 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9427 const enum tree_code code =
9428 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9430 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9431 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9432 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9433 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9436 /* ... fall through ... */
9440 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9441 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9442 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9443 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9444 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9446 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9447 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9450 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9451 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9453 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9454 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9455 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9457 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9458 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9459 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9461 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9462 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9463 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9464 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9465 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9469 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9471 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9472 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9476 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9477 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9478 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9479 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9482 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9483 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9484 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9487 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9488 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9493 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9494 if (want_address && !have_address)
9497 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9498 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9500 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9502 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9504 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9507 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9509 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9515 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9516 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9518 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9521 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9522 which is not less than the value itself. */
9524 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9525 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9527 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9530 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9531 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9532 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9536 field_type (tree decl)
9540 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9541 return integer_type_node;
9543 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9544 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9545 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9550 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9551 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9552 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9554 static inline unsigned
9555 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9557 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9560 static inline unsigned
9561 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9563 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9566 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9567 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9568 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9569 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9570 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9573 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9574 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9576 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9577 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9578 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9579 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9581 tree field_size_tree;
9582 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9583 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9584 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9586 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9589 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9591 type = field_type (decl);
9592 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9594 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9595 a flexible array member. */
9596 if (! field_size_tree)
9597 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9599 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9600 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9601 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9602 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9605 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9607 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9608 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9609 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9611 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9613 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9614 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9615 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9617 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9618 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9619 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9620 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9621 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9622 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9623 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9624 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9626 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9628 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9629 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9630 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9631 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9632 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9633 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9634 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9635 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9636 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9637 bits of the bit-field itself.
9639 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9640 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9641 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9642 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9643 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9644 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9645 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9646 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9647 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9649 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9650 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9651 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9652 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9653 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9654 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9656 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9657 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9658 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9660 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9661 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9662 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9664 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9665 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9666 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9667 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9669 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9671 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9672 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9674 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9675 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9676 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9677 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9680 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9683 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9684 associated with them. */
9686 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9688 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9689 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9690 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9693 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9694 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9697 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9700 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9701 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9702 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9703 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9704 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9705 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9708 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9709 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9710 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9711 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9712 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9713 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9714 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9715 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9716 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9720 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9722 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9723 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9725 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9727 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9728 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9730 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9731 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9732 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9733 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9735 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9737 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9739 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9741 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9742 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9743 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9745 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9746 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9747 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9749 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9750 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9751 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9753 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9754 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9755 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9756 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9758 /* Extract the offset. */
9759 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9760 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9762 /* Add it to the object address. */
9763 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9764 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9767 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9770 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9774 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9776 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9777 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9778 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9780 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9781 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9782 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9786 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9789 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9792 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9795 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9798 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9802 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9808 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9810 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9811 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9813 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9819 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9825 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9828 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9834 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9835 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9837 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9838 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9840 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9845 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9846 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9847 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9848 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9849 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9852 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9854 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9858 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9861 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9863 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9868 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9869 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9870 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9871 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9873 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9875 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9877 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9878 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9880 insert_float (rtl, array);
9881 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9885 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9886 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9888 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9889 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9896 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9897 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9898 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9899 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9903 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9905 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9906 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9908 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9909 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9911 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9919 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9920 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9927 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9928 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9931 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9932 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9934 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9935 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9940 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9941 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9946 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9947 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9949 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9950 insert_float (elt, p);
9958 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9963 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9969 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9970 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9974 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9975 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9976 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9977 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9978 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9979 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9980 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9981 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9982 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9983 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9984 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9988 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9994 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
9995 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
9998 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
9999 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10001 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10002 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10004 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10005 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10007 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time)
10009 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10010 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
10012 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
10014 struct cgraph_varpool_node *node = cgraph_varpool_node (*tp);
10018 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
10019 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
10021 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (*tp);
10029 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10030 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10033 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10035 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10037 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10038 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10039 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10041 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10042 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10043 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10045 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10047 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10048 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10049 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10050 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10051 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10052 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10053 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10055 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10057 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10059 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10060 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10061 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10063 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10064 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10065 reference variables which won't be output. */
10066 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10067 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10069 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
10071 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10072 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
10077 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
10079 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
10080 bool constant_p = true;
10082 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
10084 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
10085 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
10086 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
10087 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
10088 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
10090 constant_p = false;
10096 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
10106 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10108 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10109 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10115 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10118 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10122 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10123 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10124 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10126 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10127 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10128 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10129 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10130 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10131 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10132 referenced within the function.
10134 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10135 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10136 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10137 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10139 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10140 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10141 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10142 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10143 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10144 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10146 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10147 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10148 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10149 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10150 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10151 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10152 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10153 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10154 output at debug-time.
10156 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10157 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10158 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10159 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10160 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10161 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10162 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10163 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10164 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10165 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10166 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10167 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10168 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10170 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10171 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10172 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10173 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10174 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10175 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10176 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10177 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10178 I'd like to fix it.
10180 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10181 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10182 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10183 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10184 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10185 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10186 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10187 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10188 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10189 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10190 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10192 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10193 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10195 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10196 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10197 fixed registers. */
10198 if (! reload_completed)
10201 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10203 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10205 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10206 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10208 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10213 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10215 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10217 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10218 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10219 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10220 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10222 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10223 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10224 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10225 if (dmode == pmode)
10226 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10227 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10228 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10229 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10231 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10234 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10236 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10237 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10238 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10239 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10246 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10247 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10248 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10249 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10250 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10251 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10253 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10254 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10255 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10256 /* Not passed in memory. */
10257 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10258 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10259 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10260 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10261 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10262 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10263 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10266 /* Big endian correction check. */
10267 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10268 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10269 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10272 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10273 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10275 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10276 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10279 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10282 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10283 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10285 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10286 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10288 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10289 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10290 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10291 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10292 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10293 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10295 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10296 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10299 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10300 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10301 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10302 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10303 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10306 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10308 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10309 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10310 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10312 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10317 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10318 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10319 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10320 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10321 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10322 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10324 static const char *
10325 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10327 const char *secname;
10329 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10331 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10332 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10334 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10336 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10337 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10339 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10340 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10342 secname = text_section_label;
10347 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10348 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10349 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10350 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10351 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10352 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10353 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10354 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10355 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10356 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10359 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10360 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10363 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10364 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10365 struct var_loc_node *node;
10366 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10369 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10370 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10372 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10373 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10375 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10377 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10379 const char *endname, *secname;
10380 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10383 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10384 actually construct the list of locations.
10385 The first location information is what is passed to the
10386 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10387 locations just get added on to that list.
10388 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10389 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10390 the range [current location start, next location start].
10391 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10392 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10394 node = loc_list->first;
10395 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10396 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10398 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10399 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10402 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10403 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10405 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10406 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10407 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10408 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10409 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10412 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10413 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10414 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10416 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10418 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10419 if (!current_function_decl)
10420 endname = text_end_label;
10423 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10424 current_function_funcdef_no);
10425 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10427 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10428 node->label, endname, secname);
10431 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10432 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10436 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10439 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10440 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10442 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10446 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10447 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10448 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10449 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10451 node = loc_list->first;
10452 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10455 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10460 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10461 description from the tree. */
10462 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10465 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10468 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10469 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10470 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10473 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10474 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10475 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10478 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10480 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10481 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10484 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10489 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10491 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10494 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10495 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10496 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10497 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10500 static dw_loc_list_ref
10501 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10504 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10506 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10507 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10509 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10511 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10515 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10516 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10517 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10518 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10520 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10522 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10523 advance opcodes. */
10524 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10525 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10527 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10528 last_label = start_label;
10530 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10531 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10533 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
10534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10535 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10536 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10537 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10539 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10540 start_label, last_label, section,
10543 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10544 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10545 start_label = last_label;
10547 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10550 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10551 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10552 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10553 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10554 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10555 if it were to be required. */
10556 gcc_unreachable ();
10559 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10563 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10565 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10566 start_label, last_label, section,
10568 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10569 start_label = last_label;
10571 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10572 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10578 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10579 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10580 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10581 before the latter is negated. */
10584 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10588 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10589 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10590 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10592 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10593 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10596 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10597 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10599 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10600 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10602 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10603 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10605 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10608 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10609 the value of the attribute. */
10612 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10614 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10616 if (demangle_name_func)
10617 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10619 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10623 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10626 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10628 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10630 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10633 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10634 a representation for that bound. */
10637 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10639 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10644 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10646 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10647 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10648 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10649 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10650 /* Use the default. */
10653 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10658 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10659 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10660 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10670 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10672 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10673 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10674 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10675 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10676 later parameter. */
10677 if (decl_die != NULL)
10678 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10684 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10685 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10687 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10688 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10690 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10694 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10695 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10697 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10699 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10700 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10701 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10702 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10704 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10710 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10711 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10714 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10716 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10717 unsigned dimension_number;
10720 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10722 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10723 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10724 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10725 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10726 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10727 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10728 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10729 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10731 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10732 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10733 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10734 gen_array_type_die. */
10735 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10736 for (dimension_number = 0;
10737 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10738 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10741 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10743 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10744 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10746 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10749 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10750 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10751 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10753 /* Define the index type. */
10754 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10756 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10757 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10758 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10759 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10760 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10761 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10762 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10765 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10769 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10770 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10772 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10773 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10774 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10776 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10778 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10781 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10782 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10788 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10792 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10797 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10800 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10801 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10804 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10805 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10806 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10807 even for bit-fields. */
10808 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10811 gcc_unreachable ();
10814 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10815 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10816 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time.
10817 GCC/35998: Avoid passing negative sizes to Dtrace and gdb. */
10818 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, (size != (unsigned)-1 ? size : 0));
10821 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10822 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10823 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10826 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10827 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10828 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10829 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10830 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10831 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10833 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10834 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10835 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10838 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10840 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10841 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10842 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10843 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10844 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10845 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10847 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10848 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10850 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10851 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10852 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10853 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10854 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10857 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10859 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10860 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10861 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10862 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10863 below must take account of these differences. */
10864 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10865 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10867 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10869 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10870 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10874 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10875 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10876 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10878 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10881 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10882 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10885 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10887 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10888 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10889 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10891 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10892 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10895 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10896 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10899 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10901 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10902 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10903 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10906 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10907 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10911 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10913 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10915 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10917 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10918 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10919 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10921 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10922 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10926 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10928 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10930 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10933 if (DECL_P (origin))
10934 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10935 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10936 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10938 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10939 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10940 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10941 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10942 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10943 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10944 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10948 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10951 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10954 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10956 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10958 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10960 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10961 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10962 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10963 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10966 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10967 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10968 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10969 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10973 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10976 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10978 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10980 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
10981 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10984 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10985 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10988 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10992 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10993 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10995 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10996 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10997 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10999 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11000 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11001 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11002 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11003 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
11004 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11005 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11008 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11009 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11010 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11011 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11013 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11014 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11015 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11020 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11023 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11025 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11028 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11031 pop_decl_scope (void)
11033 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11036 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11037 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11038 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11039 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11040 the current active scope. */
11043 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11045 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11046 tree containing_scope;
11049 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11050 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11052 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11054 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11055 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11057 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11060 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11063 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11064 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11065 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11066 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11067 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11069 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11070 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11071 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11073 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11074 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11075 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11076 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11077 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11082 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11083 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11085 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11086 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11089 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11092 scope_die = context_die;
11097 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11100 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11102 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11103 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11104 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11110 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11111 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11114 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11116 return (context_die
11117 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11118 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11119 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11122 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11123 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11124 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11127 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11128 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11130 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11131 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11133 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11134 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11135 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11136 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11137 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
11138 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11139 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11141 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11142 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11143 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11144 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11145 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11148 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11149 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11150 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11153 if (type_die != NULL)
11154 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11157 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11158 function call type. */
11160 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11162 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11164 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11166 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11167 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11168 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11169 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11172 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11173 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11174 was declared without a tag. */
11176 static const char *
11177 type_tag (tree type)
11179 const char *name = 0;
11181 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11185 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11186 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11187 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11189 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11190 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11192 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11193 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11194 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11196 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11198 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11201 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11204 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11205 for bit field types. */
11208 member_declared_type (tree member)
11210 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11211 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11214 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11215 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11218 static const char *
11219 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11222 const char *fnname;
11224 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11225 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11228 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11230 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11235 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11236 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11237 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11240 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11242 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11243 dw_die_ref array_die;
11246 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11247 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11248 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11249 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11250 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11253 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11254 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11255 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11257 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11259 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11260 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11261 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11262 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11266 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11267 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11268 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11269 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11270 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11271 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11272 for multidimensional arrays. */
11273 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11276 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11277 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11278 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11279 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11280 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11283 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11285 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11286 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11288 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11289 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11290 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11291 add_subscript_info. */
11292 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11293 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11294 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11296 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11299 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11304 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11306 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11307 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11309 if (origin != NULL)
11310 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11313 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11314 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11315 0, 0, context_die);
11318 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11319 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11321 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11325 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11326 emit full debugging info for them. */
11329 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11333 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11334 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11337 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11340 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11342 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11344 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11345 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11346 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11349 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11352 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11354 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11356 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11357 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11358 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11361 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11364 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11366 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11368 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11369 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11370 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11373 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11374 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11375 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11379 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11381 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11383 if (type_die == NULL)
11385 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11386 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11387 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11388 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11390 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11393 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11395 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11396 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11397 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11398 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11402 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11403 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11404 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11405 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11407 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11408 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11409 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11410 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11412 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11413 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11415 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11416 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11418 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11419 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11421 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11422 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11423 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11424 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11425 values as if they were signed. That means that
11426 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11427 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11428 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11429 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11433 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11438 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11439 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11442 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11443 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11444 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11445 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11446 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11447 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11448 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11449 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11452 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11454 dw_die_ref parm_die
11455 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11458 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11460 case tcc_declaration:
11461 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11462 if (origin != NULL)
11463 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11466 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11467 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11468 TREE_READONLY (node),
11469 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11471 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11472 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11475 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11476 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11477 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11482 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11483 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11487 gcc_unreachable ();
11493 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11494 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11497 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11499 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11502 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11503 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11504 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11505 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11508 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11511 tree formal_type = NULL;
11512 tree first_parm_type;
11515 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11517 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11518 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11523 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11525 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11526 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11527 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11529 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11531 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11532 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11535 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11536 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11537 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11538 && link == first_parm_type)
11539 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11540 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11542 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11544 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11547 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11548 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11549 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11550 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11552 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11553 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11554 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11555 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11556 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11557 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11560 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11561 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11562 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11563 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11564 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11567 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11569 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11571 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11572 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11573 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11574 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11576 dw_die_ref type_die;
11577 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11579 push_decl_scope (type);
11580 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11581 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11582 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11583 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11585 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11586 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11587 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11588 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11589 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11591 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11592 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11596 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11602 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11603 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11606 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11608 dw_die_ref old_die;
11610 struct function *save_cfun;
11612 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11614 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11615 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11617 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11618 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11619 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11622 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11623 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11624 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11626 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11628 gen_type_die_for_member
11629 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11632 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11633 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11635 current_function_decl = decl;
11636 cfun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
11638 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11639 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11640 if (! was_abstract)
11641 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11643 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11647 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11648 htab_traverse_resize().
11650 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11651 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11653 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11659 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11661 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11665 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11667 premark_used_types (void)
11669 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11670 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11673 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11677 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11679 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11680 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11681 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11684 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11685 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11686 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11688 premark_used_types ();
11690 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11691 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11692 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11693 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11694 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11696 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11697 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11700 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11703 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11704 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11705 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11706 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11707 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11708 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11709 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11711 if (origin != NULL)
11713 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11715 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11716 inline function. */
11717 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11718 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11720 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11721 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11725 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11726 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11728 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11729 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11730 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11731 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11732 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11734 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11735 something we have already output. */
11739 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11740 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11741 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11742 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11743 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11744 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11745 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11746 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11747 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11748 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11749 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11750 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11752 subr_die = old_die;
11754 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11755 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11756 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11757 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11758 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11759 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11760 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11764 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11765 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11766 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11767 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11768 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
11769 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11774 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11776 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11777 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11779 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11780 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11782 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11783 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11784 0, 0, context_die);
11787 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11788 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11789 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11791 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11792 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11793 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11794 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11799 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11801 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11803 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11804 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11805 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11806 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11808 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11809 later reused to represent definition. */
11810 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11813 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11815 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11817 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11818 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11820 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11824 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11825 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11827 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11830 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11832 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11834 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
11836 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11837 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11839 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11841 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11842 current_function_funcdef_no);
11843 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11844 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11845 current_function_funcdef_no);
11846 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11848 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11849 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11852 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11853 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11854 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11856 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11857 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11858 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11859 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11861 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11862 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11863 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11867 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11868 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11869 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11872 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
11874 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11875 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11876 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11877 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11878 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11879 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11880 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11882 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11883 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11884 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11885 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11887 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
11888 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11889 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11891 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11894 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11895 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11896 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11897 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11898 by this displacement. */
11899 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
11901 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11902 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11903 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11906 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11907 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11908 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11909 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11910 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11911 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11912 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11913 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11914 an ellipsis at the end. */
11916 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11917 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11918 its formal parameters. */
11919 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11921 else if (declaration)
11922 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11925 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11926 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11929 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11930 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11931 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11932 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11934 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11935 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11936 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11937 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11939 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11942 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11943 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11944 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11945 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11946 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11947 parameters at all. */
11948 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11949 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11951 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11952 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11953 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11955 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11956 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11959 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11960 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11961 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11963 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11964 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11965 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11966 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11967 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11968 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11969 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11971 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11972 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11973 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11974 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11975 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11976 constructor function. */
11977 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11979 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11980 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11981 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11983 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11984 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11986 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11987 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11989 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11990 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11992 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11993 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11998 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11999 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12003 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12006 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12008 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12009 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12011 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12012 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12013 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12014 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12015 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12016 the program. For example, consider the C++
12020 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12025 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12027 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12028 definition is required, so the compiler will
12029 not emit a definition. */
12030 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12031 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12032 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12034 if (origin != NULL)
12035 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12037 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12038 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12040 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12041 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12044 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12046 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12047 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12048 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12050 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12051 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12053 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12054 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12055 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12057 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12058 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12060 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12061 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12063 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12065 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12070 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12071 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12072 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12074 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12075 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12077 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12078 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12080 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12081 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12082 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12083 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12087 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12089 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12090 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12092 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12094 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12095 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12098 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12101 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12104 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12106 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12107 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12109 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12111 if (origin != NULL)
12112 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12114 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12116 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12117 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12120 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12122 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12123 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12124 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12128 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12130 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12131 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12132 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12133 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12134 it if it ever does happen. */
12135 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12137 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12138 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12143 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12144 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12145 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12148 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12150 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12152 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12153 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12156 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12157 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12160 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12162 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12164 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12168 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12170 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12173 add_ranges (chain);
12174 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12181 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12182 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12183 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12184 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12185 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12186 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12190 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12193 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12195 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12197 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12198 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12200 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12203 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12206 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12208 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12210 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12211 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12212 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12213 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12214 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12216 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12218 dw_die_ref subr_die
12219 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12221 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12222 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12223 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12225 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12226 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12229 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12230 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12231 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12232 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12233 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12234 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12235 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12236 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12237 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12238 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12239 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12241 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12244 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12247 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12249 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12251 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12254 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12255 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12256 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12257 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12260 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12262 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12263 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12264 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12267 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12268 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12270 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12271 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12273 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12274 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12275 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12276 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12278 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12279 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12283 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12284 Use modified_type_die instead.
12285 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12286 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12289 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12292 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12294 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12295 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12296 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12299 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12300 Use modified_type_die instead.
12301 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12302 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12305 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12308 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12310 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12311 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12312 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12316 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12319 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12322 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12323 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12325 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12326 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12327 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12328 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12331 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12334 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12337 char producer[250];
12338 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12341 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12345 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12346 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12347 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12348 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12351 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12353 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12354 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12355 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12356 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12357 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12358 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12359 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12360 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12361 strcat (producer, " -g");
12364 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12366 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12367 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12368 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12369 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12370 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12371 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12372 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12373 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12374 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12375 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12376 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12377 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12378 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12379 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12380 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12381 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12383 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12385 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12389 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12392 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12394 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12396 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12397 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12399 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12400 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12402 if (access == access_public_node)
12403 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12404 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12405 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12408 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12411 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12414 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12417 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12418 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12419 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12420 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12421 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12422 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12423 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12424 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12425 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12426 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12427 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12429 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12432 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12436 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12437 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12438 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12439 : access_public_node), context_die);
12442 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12443 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12445 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12446 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12447 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12448 do put them in the right order. */
12450 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12452 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12454 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12457 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12458 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12460 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12461 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12464 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12466 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12468 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12472 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12473 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12474 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12477 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12478 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12480 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12481 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12483 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12484 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12485 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12486 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12487 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
12489 if (type_die && ! complete)
12492 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12493 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12494 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12497 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12499 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12500 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12502 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12504 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12505 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12507 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12509 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12511 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12514 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12516 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12517 then give a list of members. */
12518 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12520 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12521 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12522 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12523 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12524 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12525 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12527 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12528 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12529 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12530 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12532 push_decl_scope (type);
12533 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12536 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12537 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12539 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12541 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12542 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12543 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12548 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12550 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12551 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12552 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12553 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12557 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12560 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12562 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12563 dw_die_ref subr_die
12564 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12565 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12567 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12568 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12569 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12570 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12573 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12576 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12578 dw_die_ref type_die;
12581 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12584 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12585 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12586 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12587 if (origin != NULL)
12588 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12593 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12594 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12596 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12598 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12599 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12602 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12604 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12605 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12608 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12609 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12612 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12615 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12616 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12620 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12623 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12624 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12626 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12629 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12630 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12632 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12633 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12637 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12638 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12639 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12640 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12641 cloned type itself). */
12642 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12643 type = type_main_variant (type);
12645 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12648 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12654 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12655 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12656 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12657 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12658 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12660 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12662 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12663 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12664 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12665 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12669 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12670 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12671 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
12672 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12674 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12675 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12676 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12678 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12680 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12683 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12684 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12685 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12686 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12687 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12691 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12692 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12693 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12694 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12698 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12702 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12705 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12708 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12709 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12710 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12711 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12712 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12713 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12714 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12715 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12716 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12717 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12719 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
12721 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12724 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12725 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12726 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12731 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12735 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12737 /* This might have been written out by the call to
12738 declare_in_namespace. */
12739 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12740 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12743 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
12748 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12749 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12750 when appropriate. */
12758 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12762 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12766 gcc_unreachable ();
12769 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12773 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12775 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12778 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12781 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12783 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12786 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12787 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12788 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12790 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12792 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12793 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12795 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12800 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12801 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12805 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12809 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12810 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12814 gcc_unreachable ();
12818 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12819 things which are local to the given block. */
12822 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12824 int must_output_die = 0;
12827 enum tree_code origin_code;
12829 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12830 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12833 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12834 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12835 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12836 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12840 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12841 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12846 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12847 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12848 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12849 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12850 the current block. */
12851 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12852 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12854 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12856 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12857 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12858 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12859 must_output_die = 1;
12862 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12863 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12864 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12865 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12866 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12867 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12868 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12869 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12871 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12872 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12873 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12874 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12875 as being a "significant" one. */
12876 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12877 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12878 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12879 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12881 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12882 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12883 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12884 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12885 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12886 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12888 must_output_die = 1;
12894 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12895 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12896 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12897 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12898 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12899 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12900 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12901 if (must_output_die)
12903 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12904 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12906 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12909 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12912 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12913 all of its sub-blocks. */
12916 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12921 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12922 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12925 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12927 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12928 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12929 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12930 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12931 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12935 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12936 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12937 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12938 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12942 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12943 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12944 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12945 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12946 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12947 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12950 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12954 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12955 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12958 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12959 therein) of this block. */
12960 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12962 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12963 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12966 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12969 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12971 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12974 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12975 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12976 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12977 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12978 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12979 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12985 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12988 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12990 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12991 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12992 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12993 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12996 dw_die_ref context_die;
12997 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13000 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13001 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13002 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13004 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13007 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13009 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13013 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13015 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13016 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13017 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13018 declaration die. */
13019 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13020 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13021 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13022 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13026 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13027 gen_decl_die() call. */
13028 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13029 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13030 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13031 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13034 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13035 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13039 gcc_unreachable ();
13042 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13044 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13045 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13051 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13052 always returned. */
13055 force_type_die (tree type)
13057 dw_die_ref type_die;
13059 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13062 dw_die_ref context_die;
13063 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13065 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13066 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13068 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13071 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13073 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13076 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13077 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13078 gcc_assert (type_die);
13083 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13084 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13087 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13089 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13090 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13091 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13092 /* Force out the namespace. */
13093 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13095 return context_die;
13098 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13099 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13101 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13102 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13105 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13107 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13109 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13112 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13113 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13114 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13115 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13118 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13120 if (ns_context != context_die)
13122 if (DECL_P (thing))
13123 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13125 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13129 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13132 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13134 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13136 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13137 they are an alias of. */
13138 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13140 /* Output a real namespace. */
13141 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13142 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13143 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13144 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13148 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13150 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13151 dw_die_ref origin_die
13152 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13154 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13155 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13156 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13157 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13158 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13159 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13163 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13166 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13170 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13173 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13179 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13180 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13183 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13184 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13185 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13186 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13187 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13192 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13193 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13194 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13195 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13198 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13199 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13200 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13202 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13203 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13204 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13205 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13206 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13207 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13208 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13209 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13210 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13212 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13213 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13216 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13217 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13219 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13220 have described its return type. */
13221 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13223 /* And its virtual context. */
13224 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13225 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13227 /* And its containing type. */
13228 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13229 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13230 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13232 /* And its containing namespace. */
13233 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13236 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13237 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13241 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13242 actual typedefs. */
13243 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13246 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13247 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13248 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13249 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13250 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13251 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13252 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE
13253 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13255 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13259 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13260 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13262 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13263 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13267 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13268 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13273 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13274 variable declarations or definitions. */
13275 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13278 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13280 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13282 /* And its containing type. */
13283 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13284 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13285 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13287 /* And its containing namespace. */
13288 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13290 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13291 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13292 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13294 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13295 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13296 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13298 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13302 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13303 anonymous unions and structs. */
13304 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13305 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13306 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13308 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13309 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13314 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13315 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13318 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13319 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13323 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13324 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13329 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13330 compilation proper has finished. */
13333 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13335 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13336 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13337 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13338 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13339 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13340 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13343 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13344 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13346 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13349 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13352 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13355 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13357 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13358 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13359 expanded_location xloc;
13361 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13366 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13367 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13370 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13371 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13373 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13374 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13376 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13378 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13381 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13383 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13384 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13386 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13387 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13389 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13393 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13394 if (!at_import_die)
13396 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13397 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13398 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13400 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13401 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13403 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13404 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13406 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
13407 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13409 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13412 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13414 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13415 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13417 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13421 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13422 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13423 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13425 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13427 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13428 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
13429 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13430 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13433 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13436 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13438 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13440 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13445 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13446 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13447 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13448 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13449 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13450 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13451 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13452 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13453 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13454 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13455 with the definition of the function.
13457 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13458 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13459 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13460 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13461 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13462 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13463 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13464 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13465 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13466 that they *are* definitions).
13468 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13469 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13470 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13471 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13472 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13473 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13476 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13477 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13478 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13479 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13480 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13481 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13482 context_die = NULL;
13486 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13487 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13488 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13489 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13490 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13491 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13492 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13493 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13494 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13497 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13498 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13499 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13501 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13502 variable declarations or definitions. */
13503 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13507 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13508 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13510 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13515 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13516 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13519 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13520 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13521 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13523 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13524 comparisons have. */
13526 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13527 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13528 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13533 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13534 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13537 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13538 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13539 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13540 context_die = NULL;
13548 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13551 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13552 a lexical block. */
13555 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13556 unsigned int blocknum)
13558 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13559 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13562 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13566 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13568 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13569 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13572 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13573 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13575 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13576 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13577 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13580 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13584 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13585 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13586 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13592 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13595 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
13597 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
13598 const char * p2 = p2_p;
13599 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
13603 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
13605 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
13606 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
13609 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13610 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13611 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13612 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13613 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13614 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13615 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13616 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13617 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13620 static struct dwarf_file_data *
13621 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13624 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
13626 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13627 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13628 if (file_table_last_lookup
13629 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
13630 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
13631 return file_table_last_lookup;
13633 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13634 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
13635 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
13639 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
13640 created->filename = file_name;
13641 created->emitted_number = 0;
13646 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13647 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13648 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13649 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13650 types, which may include filenames. */
13653 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
13655 if (! fd->emitted_number)
13657 if (last_emitted_file)
13658 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
13660 fd->emitted_number = 1;
13661 last_emitted_file = fd;
13663 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13665 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
13666 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, fd->filename);
13667 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13671 return fd->emitted_number;
13674 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13675 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13676 our lookup table. */
13679 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13681 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13682 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13684 static rtx last_insn;
13685 static const char *last_label;
13688 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13690 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13692 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13693 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13694 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13696 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13697 && last_insn == prev_insn
13698 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13699 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13701 newloc->label = last_label;
13705 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13706 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13708 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13710 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13711 newloc->next = NULL;
13713 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13714 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13716 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13718 last_insn = loc_note;
13719 last_label = newloc->label;
13720 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13721 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13724 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13725 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13726 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13727 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13730 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13732 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13734 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13735 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13738 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13739 and record information relating to this source line, in
13740 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13743 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13745 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13748 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13750 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13752 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13753 if (flag_debug_asm)
13754 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13757 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13759 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13760 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13762 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13763 line_info_table_in_use++;
13765 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13767 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13768 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
13769 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13770 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13772 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13773 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13774 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13776 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13777 separate_line_info_table
13778 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13779 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13780 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13781 memset (separate_line_info_table
13782 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13784 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13785 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13788 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13790 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13791 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13792 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13793 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13797 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13799 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13800 line_info_table_in_use);
13802 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13803 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13805 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13807 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13808 (line_info_table_allocated
13809 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13810 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13811 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13814 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13815 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13816 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13817 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13822 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13825 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13827 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13829 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13830 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13832 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13833 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13836 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13838 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13840 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13841 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
13849 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13852 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13854 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13855 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13856 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13858 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13860 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13865 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13866 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13867 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13870 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13871 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13873 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13875 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13876 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13878 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13882 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13883 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13884 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13887 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13888 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13890 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13892 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13895 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13899 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13902 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13904 /* Allocate the file_table. */
13905 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
13906 file_table_eq, NULL);
13908 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13909 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13910 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13912 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13913 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13914 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13916 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13917 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13919 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13920 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13921 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13922 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13923 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13924 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13926 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13927 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13928 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13929 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13931 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13932 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13934 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13935 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13936 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13937 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13938 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13939 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13940 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13942 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13944 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13946 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13947 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13948 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13949 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13950 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13951 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13952 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
13953 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13954 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
13955 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13956 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
13957 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13958 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
13959 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13960 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
13961 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
13962 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
13963 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13964 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
13965 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13969 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13970 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13971 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13972 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13975 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13976 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13978 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13979 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13980 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13981 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
13982 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13983 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
13984 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13985 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
13986 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13988 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13990 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13992 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13993 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13996 switch_to_section (text_section);
13997 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13998 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14000 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14001 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14005 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14006 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14009 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14011 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14013 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14015 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14016 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14017 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14023 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14024 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14027 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14031 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14032 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14034 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14036 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14037 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14040 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14046 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14049 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14050 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14053 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14060 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14062 /* A reference to another DIE.
14063 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14064 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14066 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14067 accounts properly for it. */
14068 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14069 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14074 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14075 to DIE's children. */
14078 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14082 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14084 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14087 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14088 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14089 if (die->die_parent)
14090 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14092 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14093 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14095 /* If this node is a specification,
14096 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14097 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14098 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14101 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14103 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14104 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14107 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14108 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14109 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14110 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14112 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14117 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14120 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14124 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14128 switch (die->die_tag) {
14129 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14130 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14131 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14132 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14133 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14134 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14135 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14136 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14137 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14138 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14139 case DW_TAG_friend:
14140 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14141 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14142 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14143 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14144 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14145 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14146 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14147 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14148 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14151 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14155 /* Mark everything else. */
14161 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14162 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14164 /* Mark children. */
14165 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14168 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14172 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
14177 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14178 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14180 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
14182 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14183 twice in the hash table. */
14185 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14188 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14189 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14191 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14197 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14200 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14204 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14205 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
14207 if (! die->die_child)
14210 c = die->die_child;
14212 dw_die_ref prev = c;
14213 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
14214 if (c == die->die_child)
14216 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14218 /* No marked children at all. */
14219 die->die_child = NULL;
14222 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
14223 die->die_child = prev;
14228 if (c != prev->die_sib)
14230 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14231 } while (c != die->die_child);
14235 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14238 prune_unused_types (void)
14241 limbo_die_node *node;
14243 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14244 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14245 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
14246 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14247 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
14248 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14250 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14251 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14252 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14253 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14255 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14256 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14257 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
14258 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
14259 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14260 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14262 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14263 if (debug_str_hash)
14264 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14265 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14266 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14267 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14269 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14270 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14271 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14272 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14275 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14278 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
14281 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
14282 if (d->emitted_number && d->filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14290 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14291 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14294 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14296 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14297 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14299 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14300 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14301 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14302 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14303 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14304 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14307 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
14309 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14312 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14313 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14314 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14315 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14317 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14319 next_node = node->next;
14322 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14324 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14327 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14328 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14330 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14331 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14332 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14335 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14336 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14337 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14338 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14339 this to be a child of the containing function.
14341 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14342 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14343 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14344 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14345 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14347 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14349 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14350 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14351 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14352 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14354 gcc_assert (context
14355 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
14356 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
14358 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14360 add_child_die (origin, die);
14362 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14367 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14369 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14370 emit full debugging info for them. */
14371 retry_incomplete_types ();
14373 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14374 prune_unused_types ();
14376 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14377 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14378 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14379 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14381 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14382 that have children. */
14383 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14384 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14385 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14387 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14388 switch_to_section (text_section);
14389 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14390 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14392 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14393 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14396 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14398 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14400 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14401 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14404 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14405 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14406 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14407 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14409 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14410 if (have_location_lists)
14412 /* Output the location lists info. */
14413 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14414 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14415 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14416 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14417 output_location_lists (die);
14420 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14421 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14422 debug_line_section_label);
14424 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14425 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14427 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14428 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14429 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14430 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14432 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14434 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14435 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14436 output_abbrev_section ();
14438 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14439 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14441 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14442 output_pubnames ();
14445 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14446 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14447 if (fde_table_in_use)
14449 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14453 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14454 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14456 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14457 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14461 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14462 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14463 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14464 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14465 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14466 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14467 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14469 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14470 output_line_info ();
14473 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14474 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14476 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14477 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14480 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14482 if (debug_str_hash)
14483 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14487 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14488 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14490 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14492 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"